Document:

exv10w3

 

Exhibit 10.3

U.S. CONCRETE, INC.

$85,000,000

8 3/8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

New York, New York

July 5, 2006

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

As Representative of the Initial Purchasers

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     U.S. Concrete, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Company”),
proposes to issue and sell to certain purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom you (the
“Representative”) are acting as representative, its 8 3/8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014
(such notes, which for purposes of clarity do not include the Company’s 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2014 issued under the Indenture in a private placement on March 31, 2004 or the
registered notes exchanged therefor, the “Notes”), upon the terms set forth in the Purchase
Agreement between the Company, the Guarantors (as defined herein) and the Representative dated June
29, 2006 (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating to the initial placement (the “Initial Placement”) of
the Notes. The Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees” and, together with the
Notes, the “Securities”) on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by each of the entities listed on
Schedule I (the “Guarantors”). To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase
Agreement and to satisfy a condition to your obligations thereunder, the Company and the
Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders
from time to time of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers) and the New Securities (as
defined herein) (each a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”), as follows:

     1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their
respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following
capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

     “Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission promulgated thereunder.

     “Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act and the terms
“controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

 

 

     “Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.

     “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a federal legal holiday
or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to
close in New York City.

     “Closing Date” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the Securities.

     “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     “Deferral Period” shall have the meaning indicated in Section 4(k)(ii) hereof.

     “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

     “Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the one-year period following the consummation
of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in
effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement of the Company and
the Guarantors on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer,
all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments
thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all
material incorporated by reference therein.

     “Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a
Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its
own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly
from the Company, any Guarantor, or any Affiliate of either the Company or any Guarantor) for New
Securities.

     “Final Memorandum” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

     “First Supplemental Indenture” shall mean the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July [
], 2006 to the Indenture.

     “Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Company’s 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2014, dated as of March 31, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with
the terms thereof.

2

 

     “Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Initial Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

     “Majority Holders” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal
amount of Securities and/or New Securities, as applicable, registered under a Registration
Statement.

     “Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or
managers that administer an underwritten offering, if any, under a Registration Statement.

     “NASD Rules” shall mean the Conduct Rules and the By-Laws of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc.

     “New Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Company and the related guarantees of the
Guarantors identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the special interest
provisions and transfer restrictions shall be eliminated) to be issued under the Indenture and the
First Supplemental Indenture.

     “Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including,
without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus
filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as
amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of
any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all
amendments and supplements thereto, including any and all information incorporated by reference
therein.

     “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Registered Exchange Offer” shall mean the offer of the Company and the Guarantors to issue
and deliver to Holders that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from
participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of
the New Securities.

     “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) Securities other than those that (A) have been
registered under a Registration Statement and exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such
Registration Statement, (B) may be distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Act
or any successor rule or regulation thereto that may be adopted by the Commission, or (C) cease to
be outstanding, and (ii) any New Securities, the resale of which by the Holder thereof requires
compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Act.

     “Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.

3

 

     “Registration Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf
Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement,
including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all
exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

     “Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

     “Shelf Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

     “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and
the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the
Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act,
or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such
registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus
contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

     “Special Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.

     “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

     “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules
and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

     “underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof
under a Shelf Registration Statement.

     2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their
respective commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Commission the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Company and the
Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement to become effective under the Act within 180 days of the Closing Date (or if
such 180th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

     (b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the
Guarantors shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such
Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for New Securities
(assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor, acquires the New
Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any person to
participate in the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of
the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities
from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without
material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states
of the United States.

4

 

     (c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

     (i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and
related documents;

     (ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days
after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or longer if required by
applicable law);

     (iii) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the Act, supplemented and
amended as required, under the Act to ensure that it is available for sales of New
Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period;

     (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer
with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which may be the
Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee;

     (v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the
close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered
Exchange Offer is open;

     (vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company and the
Guarantors are conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position
of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13,
1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (B)
including a representation that the Company and the Guarantors have not entered into
any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the New Securities to
be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Company’s
and the Guarantors’ information and belief, each Holder participating in the
Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Securities in the ordinary course of
business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in
the distribution of the New Securities; and

     (vii) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

     (d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and
the Guarantors shall:

     (i) accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

5

 

     (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation in
accordance with Section 4(s) all Securities so accepted for exchange; and

     (iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of
Securities a principal amount of New Securities equal to the principal amount of the
Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

     (e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder
using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the New Securities (x)
could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position
of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and
Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission’s
letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any
secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration statement
containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of
Regulation S-K under the Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in
exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company, the Guarantors or one of
their respective Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange
Offer shall be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that, at the time of the
consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer:

     (i) any New Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary
course of business;

     (ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of the Securities or the New Securities within the
meaning of the Act; and

     (iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of the Guarantors.

     (f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the
Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an
unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors shall
issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser or the person purchasing New Securities registered
under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial
Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities.

     3. Shelf Registration. (a) If (i) due to any change in law or applicable
interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Company determines upon advice of its
outside counsel that it is not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by
Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not
declared effective within 180 days of the Closing Date or the Registered Exchange Offer is not
consummated within 45 days after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective;
(iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities that are not eligible to

6

 

be exchanged for New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it
following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer; or (iv) any Holder (other than an Initial
Purchaser) is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or does not receive
freely tradeable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold
allotment (it being understood that the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus
in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange
for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall
not result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable”), the Company and the Guarantors
shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below.

     (b) (i) The Company and the Guarantors shall as promptly as practicable file with the
Commission and shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared
effective under the Act within 90 days after being required or requested, pursuant to subsection
(a) of this Section 3, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the
Securities or the New Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in
accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf
Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall
be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless
such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to
such Holder; and provided further, that with respect to New Securities received by an Initial
Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Company
and the Guarantors may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a
post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information
required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of their obligations
under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as
so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a
Shelf Registration Statement.

     (ii) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially
reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective,
supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus
forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period the “Shelf Registration
Period”) from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the
Commission until the first to occur of (A) the second anniversary thereof or (B) the
date upon which all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered by the
Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement. The Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed not to have used their
respective commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement
effective during the Shelf Registration Period if any of them voluntarily take any
action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to
offer and sell such Securities at any time during the Shelf Registration Period,
unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or otherwise undertaken by the
Company and the Guarantors in good faith and for valid business reasons (not
including avoidance of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder),

7

 

including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, and (y) permitted pursuant
to Section 4(k)(ii) hereof.

     (iii) Subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof, the Company and the
Guarantors shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus
and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf
Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply as to form in
all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act; and (B) not to
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein
(in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made) not misleading.

     4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration
Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following
provisions shall apply.

     (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall:

     (i) furnish to the Representative, not less than five Business Days prior to
the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each
amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein (including all
documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use
their respective commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document,
when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Representative reasonably
proposes;

     (ii) include the information (as may be revised at the request or requirement
of the Commission) substantially in the form set forth in Annex A hereto on the
facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the
forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth
details of the Registered Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or
plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

     (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by
Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and

     (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the
Holders (to the extent provided by such Holders) that propose to sell Securities
pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders.

     (b) Subject to the following provisions of this Section 4, the Company and the Guarantors
shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that:

8

 

     (i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus
forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies as to form in
all material respects with the Act; and

     (ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it
becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading.

     (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall advise the Representative, the Holders of Securities
covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer
Registration Statement that has provided in writing to the Company or any Guarantor a telephone or
facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by the Representative or any such
Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses
(ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until
the Company and the Guarantors shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):

     (i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with
the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment
thereto has become effective;

     (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;

     (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceeding for
that purpose;

     (iv) of the receipt by the Company or the Guarantors of any notification with
respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein
for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose;
and

     (v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, they (A) do not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the
case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made) not misleading.

     (d) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts
to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or
the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction and, if issued, to obtain
as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

9

 

     (e) The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any
Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration
Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by
reference, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits
incorporated by reference therein).

     (f) The Company and the Guarantors shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to
each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many
copies of the Prospectus (including the preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration
Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. Subject
to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of the
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in
connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment
or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement, except during any suspension
period referred to in Section 4(c) above or Section 4(k) below.

     (g) The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests,
without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any
post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if
the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated
by reference therein).

     (h) The Company and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each
Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer
Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange
Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may
reasonably request. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company and the Guarantors
consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial
Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a
Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the
New Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, except during any suspension period referred to in Section
4(c) above or Section 4(k) below.

     (i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any
Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall arrange, if necessary, for the
qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions
as any Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such qualification in effect so long as
required; provided that in no event shall the Company or any Guarantor be obligated to qualify to
do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would
subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement,
the Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any
such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject, or to subject itself to taxation in any
jurisdiction where it is not now subject.

10

 

     (j) The Company and the Guarantors shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to
facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or
Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive
legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request.

     (k) (i) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v)
above, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly  (or within the time
period provided for by clause (ii) hereof, if applicable) prepare a post-effective amendment to the
applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file
any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Initial Purchasers of the
securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
provided for in Section 2 shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of
the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) to and including the date when the
Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have
received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section.

     (ii) Upon the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development or any other
material event that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company and the Guarantors, makes it
appropriate to suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the related
Prospectus, the Company and the Guarantors shall give notice (without notice of the nature or
details of such events) to the Holders that the availability of the Shelf Registration is suspended
and, upon actual receipt of any such notice, each Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable
Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the
supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in Section 3(i) hereof, or until it is advised in
writing by the Company and the Guarantors that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies
of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference
in such Prospectus. The period during which the availability of the Shelf Registration and any
Prospectus is suspended (the “Deferral Period”) shall not exceed 45 days in any three-month period
or 90 days in any twelve-month period.

     (l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company and the
Guarantors shall provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New
Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

     (m) The Company and the Guarantors shall comply in all material respects with all applicable
rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security holders
an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act as soon as practicable
after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement.

     (n) The Company and the Guarantors may require each Holder of securities to be sold pursuant
to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such information
regarding the Holder and the distribution of such securities as the

11

 

Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such
Registration Statement, including such information requested or required by the Commission. The
Company and the Guarantors may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any
Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such
request. Each Holder as to which Securities are being included in a Shelf Registration Statement
agrees to furnish to the Company all information with respect to such Holder necessary to make any
information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.

     (o) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall
enter into customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary
form) and take all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or
the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is
entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable
than those set forth in Section 6 hereof.

     (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

     (i) subject to the execution of confidentiality agreements reasonably
satisfactory to the Company, make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders
of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any
disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or
other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial
and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company, the Guarantors
and their respective subsidiaries reasonably requested by the Holders or any such
underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration
Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations;

     (ii) subject to the execution of confidentiality agreements reasonably
satisfactory to the Company, cause the Company’s or Guarantors’ respective officers,
directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information
reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or
agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar
due diligence examinations;

     (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities
registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as
are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings
and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase
Agreement;

     (iv) in connection with an underwritten offering pursuant to such Shelf
Registration Statement, obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors
and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall
be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any)

12

 

addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such
matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings
and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and
underwriters;

     (v) in connection with an underwritten public offering pursuant to such Shelf
Registration Statement, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain “comfort”
letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the
Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of
any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which
financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the
Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered
thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of
the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary
underwritten offerings; and

     (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by
the Majority Holders or the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to
evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in
the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.

The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (p) shall be performed
at (A) the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment
thereto (other than any such post-effective amendment that is filed only for the purpose of adding
a Holder as a selling security holder thereunder); and (B) each closing under any underwriting or
similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.

     (q) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors
shall, if requested by an Initial Purchaser, or by a broker dealer that holds Securities that were
acquired as a result of market making or other trading activities:

     (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the requesting party, and any
attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the requesting party, all relevant
financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the
Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries reasonably requested by
the requesting party or any such attorney, accountant or agent in connection with
any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence
examinations;

     (ii) cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ respective officers, directors,
employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information;

     (iii) make such representations and warranties to the requesting party, in
form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in
primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to,
those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

13

 

     (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors and updates
thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party and its counsel, addressed to the
requesting party, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions
requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably
requested by the requesting party or its counsel;

     (v) obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified
public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent
certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business
acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or
are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to the
requesting party, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily
covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, or
if requested by the requesting party or its counsel in lieu of a “comfort” letter,
an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 35,
covering matters requested by the requesting party or its counsel; and

     (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by
the requesting party or its counsel, including those to evidence compliance with
Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements.

The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of this paragraph (q) shall
be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any
post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (other than any such
post-effective amendment that is filed only for the purpose of adding a Holder as a selling
security holder thereunder).

     (r) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by
Holders to the Company (or to such other person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the New
Securities, the Company and the Guarantors shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so
exchanged that such Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the New Securities. In no event
shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

     (s) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts
if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such
ratings will apply to the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a
Registration Statement.

     (t) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a
member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the
meaning of the NASD Rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a
placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company and
the Guarantors shall provide reasonable assistance to such Broker-Dealer in making filings in
accordance with the NASD Rules.

14

 

     (u) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts
to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the New
Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.

     5. Registration Expenses. The Company and the Guarantors shall bear all expenses
incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof
and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel (which shall initially be Weil, Gotshal &
Manges LLP, but which may be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities
matters designated by the Majority Holders).

     6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and
severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the
case may be, covered by any Registration Statement, each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any
Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer, the directors,
officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging
Dealer and each person who controls any such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer within
the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become
subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at
common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment
thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
(in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made) not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as
incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided,
however, that the Company and any Guarantor will not be liable in any such case to the
extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability (i) arises out of or is based upon any such
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or any Guarantor
by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification specifically for inclusion therein, or (ii)
results from the use of the Prospectus during a period in which the use of the Prospectus has been
suspended; provided that the Holder received prior notice of such suspension in accordance with
Section 4(c) or Section 4(k); provided, further, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement
with respect to any preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any party claiming
indemnification if it shall be established that a copy of the Prospectus (as amended or
supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not
sent or given by or on behalf of such party to the person asserting such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation
of the sale of the Securities or New Securities to such person and if the Prospectus (as so amended
or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damages or liability,
and if the Company had previously furnished

15

 

copies thereof to such indemnified party. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to
any liability that the Company and any Guarantor may otherwise have.

     The Company and the Guarantors also, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify as provided in
this Section 6(a) or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter,
if any, of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration
Statement, their directors, officers, employees, Affiliates or agents and each person who controls
such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial
Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any
Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p)
hereof.

     (b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial
Purchaser as a Holder, in such capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company and the Guarantors, each of their respective directors, each of their
respective officers who sign such Registration Statement and each person who controls the Company
within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing
indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each such Holder, but only with reference to
written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company or any Guarantor by or on
behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing
indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any such Holder may
otherwise have.

     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 or notice of the
commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be
made against the indemnifying party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of
the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve
it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent such failure results in
the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in
any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than
the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party
shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice
at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which
indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible
for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the
indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below);
provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.
Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to
represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ
separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable
fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the
indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of
interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both
the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably
concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that
are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the
indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel

16

 

reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a
reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party
shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying
party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified
parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending
or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution
may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to
such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional
release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or
proceeding.

     (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section is
unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each
applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the
aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, liability, damage or
action) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion
as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one
hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the
Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no
case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the
purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security,
applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth in the Final
Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting
discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the
Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the
immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such
relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such
indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted
in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the
Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial
Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth in the Final Memorandum. Benefits received by
the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions
as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders
shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable,
registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the
total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus
forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall
be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on
the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it
would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the
Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does
not take account of the equitable

17

 

considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no
person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person who controls a Holder within the
meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of
such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls
the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer
of either the Company or any Guarantor who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each
director of either the Company or any Guarantor shall have the same rights to contribution as the
Company or any Guarantor, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this
paragraph (d).

     (e) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company or any Guarantor or any of the
indemnified parties referred to in this Section 6, and will survive the sale by a Holder of
securities covered by a Registration Statement.

     7. Underwritten Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as
the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten
offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders.

     (b) No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration
Statement, unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Securities or New Securities, as the
case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the
persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all
questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents
reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

     8. Registration Defaults and Special Interest. If (a) on or prior to the 180th day
following the Closing Date, neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf
Registration Statement has been declared effective, (b) on or prior to the 45th day following the
date the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is first declared effective, neither the Registered
Exchange Offer has been consummated nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared
effective, or (c) after the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, such
Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of
Securities or New Securities in accordance with and during the periods specified in this Agreement
(each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (c), a (“Registration Default”), interest
(“Special Interest”) will accrue on the principal amount of the Securities and the New Securities
(in addition to the stated interest on the Securities and New Securities) from and including the
date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all
Registration Defaults have been cured. During the continuation of a Registration Default, Special
Interest will accrue at a rate of 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following
the occurrence of such Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of
each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such rate exceed 1.00% per annum.

18

 

     All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that
are outstanding with respect to any Security at the time such Security is exchanged for a New
Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such Security have
been satisfied in full.

     9. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors have not entered into,
and agree not to enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with
the rights granted to the Holders herein or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

     10. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended,
qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions
hereof may not be given at any time, unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the
written consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Registrable
Securities then outstanding; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or
indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company and the Guarantors
shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment,
qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided, further,
that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof
shall be effective as against any Holder of Registered Securities unless consented to in writing by
such Holder; and provided, further, that the provisions of this Section 10 may not
be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the
provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written
consent of each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing provisos), a waiver or
consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively
to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold
pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of
other Holders in any material respect may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis
of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such
Registration Statement.

     11. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder
shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier
guaranteeing overnight delivery:

     (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the Company in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 11, which address initially is, with respect to each
Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the registrar under the Indenture;

     (b) if to the Representative, initially at the address or addresses set forth in the Purchase
Agreement; and

     (c) if to the Company or any Guarantor, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase
Agreement.

     All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.

19

 

     The Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors by notice to the other parties may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

     12. Remedies. Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights
provided to it herein, in the Indenture or in the Purchase Agreement or granted by law, including
recovery of liquidated or other damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights
under this Agreement. The Company and the Guarantors agree that monetary damages would not be
adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this
Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in any action for specific performance the defense that a
remedy at law would be adequate.

     13. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns, including, without the need for an express
assignment or any consent by the Company or any Guarantor thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities
and the New Securities, and the indemnified persons referred to in Section 6 hereof. The Company
and the Guarantors hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of
Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of
this Agreement as if an original party hereto.

     14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of
which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same
agreement.

     15. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not
affect the construction hereof.

     16. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the
State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action,
proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

     17. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained
herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in
every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or
affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be
enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

     18. Securities Held by the Company, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a
specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder,
Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Company, the Guarantors or any of their
respective Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or New Securities if such
subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such
Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval
was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

20

 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and
return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall
represent a binding agreement between the Company, the Guarantors and the several Initial
Purchasers.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

U.S. CONCRETE, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/  Robert Hardy
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Robert Hardy 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Sr. Vice President 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	GUARANTORS: 

AMERICAN CONCRETE PRODUCTS, INC.

ATLAS-TUCK CONCRETE, INC.

BEALL INDUSTRIES, INC.

BEALL MANAGEMENT, INC.

CENTRAL CONCRETE SUPPLY CO., INC.

CENTRAL PRECAST CONCRETE, INC.

EASTERN CONCRETE MATERIALS, INC.

KURTZ GRAVEL COMPANY

READY MIX CONCRETE COMPANY OF KNOXVILLE

SAN DIEGO PRECAST CONCRETE, INC.

SIERRA PRECAST, INC.

SMITH PRE-CAST, INC.

SUPERIOR MATERIALS, INC.

TITAN CONCRETE INDUSTRIES, INC.

	 
	 	By:  	/s/  Cesar Monroy
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Cesar Monroy 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	BUILDERS’ REDI-MIX, LLC

B.W.B., INC. OF MICHIGAN

CENTRAL CONCRETE CORP.

SUPERIOR CONCRETE MATERIALS, INC.
	 
	 
	 	By:  	/s/  Donald Wayne
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Donald Wayne 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	BEALL CONCRETE ENTERPRISES, LTD.

	 
	 
	 	By:  	BEALL MANAGEMENT, INC., its
General Partner
	 
	 
	 	By:  	/s/  Cesar Monroy
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Cesar Monroy 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CONCRETE XXXI ACQUISITION, INC.

CONCRETE XXXII ACQUISITION, INC.

CONCRETE XXXIII ACQUISITION, INC.

CONCRETE XXXIV ACQUISITION, INC.

CONCRETE XXXV ACQUISITION, INC.

CONCRETE XXXVI ACQUISITION, INC.

	 
	 
	 	By:  	/s/  Donald Wayne
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Donald Wayne 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	USC ATLANTIC, INC.

U.S. CONCRETE ON-SITE, INC.
	 
	 
	 	By:  	/s/  Michasel Harlan
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael Harlan 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	USC MICHIGAN, INC.

USC PAYROLL, INC.

USC GP, INC.

	 
	 
	 	By:  	/s/  Michael Harlan
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael Harlan 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	USC MANAGEMENT CO., L.P.

	 
	 
	 	By:  	USC GP, INC., its General Partner 
	 
	 
	 	By:  	/s/  Michael Harlan
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael Harlan 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WYOMING CONCRETE INDUSTRIES, INC.
	 
	 
	 	By:  	/s/  Eugene Martineau
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Eugene Martineau 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	INGRAM ENTERPRISES, L.P.

INGRAM ENTERPRISES MANAGEMENT, INC.

REDI-MIX, L.P.

REDI-MIX MANAGEMENT, INC.

	 
	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Donald Wayne
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Donald Wayne 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 

 

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and
accepted as of the date first above written.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

	 	 	 	 	 
	By:  	/s/ Paul Moorman 	 	 
	 	Name:  	 Paul Moorman 	 	 
	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	 
	 

For itself and the other several

Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I

to the Purchase Agreement.

 

 

Schedule I

Alliance Haulers, Inc.

Alberta Investments, Inc.

American Concrete Products, Inc.

Atlas-Tuck Concrete, Inc.

Beall Concrete Enterprises, Ltd.

Beall Industries, Inc.

Beall Management, Inc.

Builders’ Redi-Mix, LLC.

B.W.B., Inc. of Michigan

Central Concrete Corp.

Central Concrete Supply Co., Inc.

Central Precast Concrete, Inc.

Concrete XXXI Acquisition, Inc.

Concrete XXXII Acquisition, Inc.

Concrete XXXIII Acquisition, Inc.

Concrete XXXIVAcquisition, Inc.

Concrete XXXV Acquisition, Inc.

Concrete XXXVI Acquisition, Inc.

Eastern Concrete Materials, Inc.

Ingram Enterprises, L.P.

Ingram Enterprises Management, Inc.

Kurtz Gravel Company

Ready Mix Concrete Company of Knoxville

Redi-Mix Concrete, L.P.

Redi-Mix GP, LLC

Redi-Mix, L.P.

Redi-Mix Management, Inc.

San Diego Precast Concrete, Inc.

Sierra Precast, Inc.

Smith Pre-Cast, Inc.

Superior Materials, Inc.

Superior Concrete Materials, Inc.

Titan Concrete Industries, Inc.

U.S. Concrete On-Site, Inc.

USC Atlantic, Inc.

USC GP, Inc.

USC Michigan, Inc.

USC Payroll, Inc.

USC Management Co., L.P.

Wyoming Concrete Industries, LLC.

 

 

ANNEX A

     Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such new securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the
meaning of the Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may
be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for
securities where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. U.S. Concrete has agreed that, starting on the expiration
date and ending on the close of business one year after the expiration date, it will make this
prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of
Distribution.”

A-1

 

ANNEX B

     Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account in exchange for
securities, where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such new securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

B-1

 

ANNEX C

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such new securities. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may
be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for
securities where such securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. U.S. Concrete has agreed that, beginning on the date of consummation of the
Registered Exchange Offer and ending on the close of business one year after the consummation of
the Registered Exchange Offer, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available
to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                ,
2006, all dealers effecting transactions in the new securities may be required to deliver a
prospectus.

     The company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new securities by brokers-dealers.
New securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in
negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new securities or a combination of
such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to
such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to
purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of
commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such new
securities. Any broker-dealer that resells new securities that were received by it for its own
account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a
distribution of such new securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the
Act and any profit of any such resale of new securities and any commissions or concessions received
by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter of
Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the
Act.

     For a period of one year after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, U.S.
Concrete will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to
this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal.
U.S. Concrete has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Registered Exchange Offer (including
the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the securities) other than commissions or concessions
of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any
broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Act.

     [If applicable, add information required by Regulation S-K Items 507 and/or 508.]

C-1

 

ANNEX D

Rider A

PLEASE FILL IN YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS BELOW IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10
ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

	 	 	 	 
	Name:	 	 	 
	Address:	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 

Rider B

If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New
Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to
engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any
person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities. If the undersigned is a
Broker-Dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it
represents that the Securities to be exchange for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and
by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter”
within the meaning of the Act.

D-1exv4w1

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

WCA WASTE CORPORATION

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

9.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 5, 2006

 

The Bank of

New York Trust

Company, N.A.

Trustee

 

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

	 	 	 
	Trust Indenture	 	 
	Act Section	 	Indenture Section
	310(a)(1)
	 	7.10
	(a)(2)
	 	7.10
	(a)(3)
	 	N.A.
	(a)(4)
	 	N.A.
	(a)(5)
	 	7.10
	(b)
	 	7.08; 7.10
	(c)
	 	N.A.
	311(a)
	 	7.11
	(b)
	 	7.11
	(c)
	 	N.A.
	312(a)
	 	2.05
	(b)
	 	12.03
	(c)
	 	12.03
	313(a)
	 	7.06
	(b)(2)
	 	7.06; 7.07
	(c)
	 	7.06; 12.02
	(d)
	 	7.06
	314(a)
	 	4.03; 4.04; 12.02; 12.05
	(c)(1)
	 	12.04
	(c)(2)
	 	12.04
	(c)(3)
	 	N.A.
	(e)
	 	12.05
	(f)
	 	N.A.
	315(a)
	 	7.01
	(b)
	 	7.05; 12.02
	(c)
	 	7.01
	(d)
	 	7.01
	(e)
	 	6.11
	316(a) (last sentence)
	 	2.09
	(a)(1)(A)
	 	6.05
	(a)(1)(B)
	 	6.04
	(a)(2)
	 	N.A.
	(b)
	 	6.07; 9.02
	(c)
	 	2.12; 9.04
	317(a)(1)
	 	6.08
	(a)(2)
	 	6.09
	(b)
	 	2.04
	318(a)
	 	12.01
	(b)
	 	N.A.
	(c)
	 	12.01

N.A. means not applicable.

 

			
	*	 	This Cross Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	ARTICLE 1.

	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

	BY REFERENCE

	Section 1.01 Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	Section 1.02 Other Definitions
	 	 	23	 
	Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	23	 
	Section 1.04 Rules of Construction
	 	 	24	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 2.

	THE NOTES

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.01 Form and Dating
	 	 	24	 
	Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
	 	 	25	 
	Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
	 	 	25	 
	Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	 	 	26	 
	Section 2.05 Holder Lists
	 	 	26	 
	Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	26	 
	Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
	 	 	37	 
	Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
	 	 	37	 
	Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.11 Cancellation
	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 3.

	REDEMPTION

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
	 	 	39	 
	Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	 	 	39	 
	Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
	 	 	39	 
	Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	 	 	40	 
	Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption
	 	 	40	 
	Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part
	 	 	41	 
	Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
	 	 	41	 
	Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
	 	 	43	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 4.

	COVENANTS

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
	 	 	43	 
	Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	43	 
	Section 4.03 Reports
	 	 	44	 
	Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate
	 	 	44	 
	Section 4.05 Taxes
	 	 	45	 
	Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	 	 	45	 
	Section 4.07 Restricted Payments
	 	 	45	 
	Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	 	 	49	 
	Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
	 	 	50	 
	Section 4.10 Asset Sales
	 	 	53	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	57	 
	Section 4.12 Liens
	 	 	58	 
	Section 4.13 Corporate Existence
	 	 	58	 
	Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	 	 	59	 
	Section 4.15 Payments for Consent
	 	 	60	 
	Section 4.16 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees
	 	 	60	 
	Section 4.17 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	 	 	60	 
	Section 4.18 Covenant Termination
	 	 	61	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 5.

	SUCCESSORS

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets
	 	 	61	 
	Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted
	 	 	63	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 6.

	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.01 Events of Default
	 	 	63	 
	Section 6.02 Acceleration
	 	 	65	 
	Section 6.03 Other Remedies
	 	 	65	 
	Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	65	 
	Section 6.05 Control by Majority
	 	 	66	 
	Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
	 	 	66	 
	Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	 	 	66	 
	Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	66	 
	Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	67	 
	Section 6.10 Priorities
	 	 	67	 
	Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	67	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 7.

	TRUSTEE

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
	 	 	68	 
	Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
	 	 	69	 
	Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	 	69	 
	Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	 	 	70	 
	Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
	 	 	70	 
	Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	 	 	70	 
	Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
	 	 	70	 
	Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee
	 	 	71	 
	Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	 	 	72	 
	Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
	 	 	72	 
	Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	 	 	72	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 8.

	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	72	 
	Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	 	 	72	 
	Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	73	 
	Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	73	 
	Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	 	 	75	 
	Section 8.06 Repayment to Company
	 	 	75	 

ii

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	Section 8.07 Reinstatement
	 	 	76	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 9.
	 	 	 	 
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	 	 	76	 
	Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	 	 	77	 
	Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	78	 
	Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	 	 	78	 
	Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	 	 	79	 
	Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	 	 	79	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 10.
	 	 	 	 
	SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.01. Guarantee
	 	 	79	 
	Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	 	 	80	 
	Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee Notation
	 	 	80	 
	Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
	 	 	81	 
	Section 10.05. Releases
	 	 	82	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 11.
	 	 	 	 
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
	 	 	82	 
	Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money
	 	 	83	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 12.
	 	 	 	 
	MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	 	 	84	 
	Section 12.02 Notices
	 	 	84	 
	Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	 	 	85	 
	Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	85	 
	Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	85	 
	Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	 	 	86	 
	Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	 	 	86	 
	Section 12.08 Governing Law
	 	 	86	 
	Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	 	 	86	 
	Section 12.10 Successors
	 	 	86	 
	Section 12.11 Severability
	 	 	86	 
	Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals
	 	 	86	 
	Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	 	 	86	 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A            FORM OF NOTE

Exhibit B            FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Exhibit C            FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Exhibit D            FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

Exhibit E            FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 iii

 

 

     INDENTURE dated as of July 5, 2006 among WCA Waste Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the
Guarantors (as defined) and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.

     The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 9.25% Senior Notes due 2014
(the “Notes”):

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions.

     “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing
the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and
registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

     “Acquired Business” means any business that is acquired by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date.

     “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged
with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, regardless of whether such
Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person
merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person, but
excluding Indebtedness which is extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such
Person merging with or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified
Person.

     “Acquired Subordinated Indebtedness” means Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, that is Acquired Debt and was not incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, another Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

     “Acquired Subsidiary” means any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue
Date.

     “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this
Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the
Initial Notes.

     “Additional Volume” means the waste collected by an Acquired Subsidiary or Acquired Business
that (a) prior to the date on which such Acquired Subsidiary became an Acquired Subsidiary or prior
to the consummation of the acquisition of such Acquired Business, as applicable, was not being
delivered to a landfill or transfer station owned or operated by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, and (b) subsequent to such date, is delivered to a landfill or transfer
station owned or operated by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

1

 

     “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies
of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For
purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with” have correlative meanings.

     “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

     “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial
interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream
that apply to such transfer or exchange.

     “Asset Sale” means:

     (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided
that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by
the provisions of Section 4.14 hereof and/or Section 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions
of Section 4.10 hereof; and

     (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or
the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries.

     Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset
Sale:

     (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets
having a Fair Market Value of less than $2.5 million;

     (2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the
Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (4) the sale, lease or other disposition of (a) products, services, inventory or
accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business or (b) equipment or other assets
pursuant to a program for the maintenance or upgrading of such equipment or assets,
including, without limitation, the disposition of either obsolete equipment or equipment
that is damaged or worn out;

     (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

     (6) a surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of
contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business or a grant of a Lien not
prohibited by this Indenture; and

     (7) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 or a Permitted Investment.

     “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief
of debtors.

2

 

     “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person”
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by
conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is
exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned”
have a corresponding meaning.

     “Board of Directors” means:

     (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any
committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

     (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the
partnership;

     (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

     (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a
similar function.

     “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

     “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of
the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized
on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the
date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date
upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

     “Capital Stock” means:

     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests
(whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but
excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock,
regardless of whether such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital
Stock.

     “Cash Equivalents” means:

     (1) United States dollars;

     (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that
the

3

 

full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities)
having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

     (3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America
or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof
maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of
acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s;

     (4) certificates of deposit, demand deposit accounts and eurodollar time deposits with
maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with
maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any
domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a
Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

     (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

     (6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or
S&P and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and

     (7) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents
of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition.

     “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

     (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
(other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions,
of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange
Act);

     (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

     (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or
consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) other than
Parent becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting
Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

     (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the
Company are not Continuing Directors.

     “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

     “Closure/Post-Closure Letters of Credit” means letters of credit, surety bonds or other
instruments of similar character, the purpose of which is to provide financial assurance to the
various state agencies for closure and post-closure obligations for the landfills and transfer
stations owned or operated by the Company and its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition,
“financial assurance,” “closure” and “post-closure” shall have the meanings set forth in the
administrative code or other comparable regulations of each state in which such landfill and
transfer station is located.

     “Company” means WCA Waste Corporation, and any and all successors thereto.

4

 

     “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

     (1) any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net
Income; plus

     (2) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of loss or expense, to the extent
deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

     (3) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

     (4) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net
Income; plus

     (5) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding
amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash
expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of
or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense
that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were
deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

     (6) all non-cash charges related to restricted stock and redeemable stock interests
granted to officers, directors and employees, to the extent deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income; plus

     (7) for any acquisitions which are consummated on or after the Issue Date, add-backs
calculated in accordance with the provisions of clause (1) of the definition of “Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio”; plus

     (8) the effect of Additional Volume and/or Increased Use, as applicable, and itemized
direct cost savings that will be achieved as a result of, or in connection with, any
acquisitions consummated after the Issue Date; plus

     (9) non-cash charges for accretion on closure and post-closure obligations; plus

     (10) non-cash charges associated with the disposal contract between Waste Management,
Inc. and WCA Waste Systems, Inc.; plus

     (11) non-cash charges (or minus non-cash benefits, if applicable) reflecting the
adoption of SFAS No. 123 (and all amendments thereto); minus

     (12) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than
the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business,

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

5

 

     “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a
consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

     (1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or
that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent
of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

     (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary
of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior
governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation
of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute,
rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders; provided, however, that the operation of this clause (2) shall be suspended
with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is acquired by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (regardless of whether such acquisition is effected pursuant to a merger or
otherwise), but such suspension shall cease immediately after the first six months following
such acquisition;

     (3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

     (4) any non-cash mark-to-market adjustments to assets or liabilities resulting in
unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations (including those resulting from
the application of SFAS No. 133) shall be excluded; and

     (5) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, any non-cash or
nonrecurring charges associated with any premium or penalty paid, write-off of deferred
financing costs or other financial recapitalization charges in connection with redeeming or
retiring any Indebtedness will be excluded.

     “Consolidated Net Worth” means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, the sum
of:

     (1) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such Person and its
consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date; plus

     (2) the respective amounts reported on such Person’s balance sheet as of such date with
respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by its terms
is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may be declared and paid
only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and payment, but only to
the extent of any cash received by such Person upon issuance of such preferred stock.

     “Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the amount
which, in accordance with GAAP, would be set forth under the caption “Total Assets” (or any like
caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less all
goodwill, patents, tradenames, trademarks, copyrights, customer contracts, customer lists,
covenants not to compete, organization expenses and any other amounts classified as intangible
assets in accordance with GAAP.

     “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of
Directors of the Company who:

6

 

     (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or

     (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval
of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the
time of such nomination or election.

     “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in
Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

     “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit Agreement),
commercial paper facilities or Debt Issuances with banks, investment banks, insurance companies,
mutual funds, other institutional lenders, institutional investors or any of the foregoing
providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale
of receivables to such lenders, other financiers or to special purpose entities formed to borrow
from (or sell such receivables to) such lenders or other financiers against such receivables),
letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, other borrowings or Debt Issuances, in each case, as
amended, restated, modified, renewed, extended, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in each case,
without limitation as to amount), in whole or in part, from time to time (including through one or
more Debt Issuances) and any agreements and related documents governing Indebtedness or Obligations
incurred to refinance amounts then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding, regardless of
whether with the original administrative agent, lenders, investment banks, insurance companies,
mutual funds, other institutional lenders, institutional investors or any of the foregoing and
whether provided under the original agreement, indenture or other documentation relating thereto).

     “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any
successor entity thereto.

     “Debt Issuances” means, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more
issuances after the Issue Date of Indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other
similar securities or instruments.

     “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both
would be, an Event of Default.

     “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and
issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except
that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges
of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

     “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global
form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and
any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to
the applicable provision of this Indenture.

     “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option
of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the
holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the
date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that
would constitute Disqualified Stock

7

 

solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to
repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not
constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not
repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or
redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be
outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to
any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

     “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was
formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of
Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the
Company.

     “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock).

     “Equity Offering” means any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock), or a contribution of cash to the equity capital (other than in respect of Disqualified
Stock) of the Company.

     “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement.

     “Exchange Securities” means the Notes issued in the Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to
Section 2.06(f) hereof.

     “Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Agreement or under the
Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees) in existence on the Issue Date after giving effect to
the application of the proceeds of (1) the Notes and (2) any borrowings made under the Senior
Credit Agreement on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid.

     “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated
willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture),
which determination will be conclusive for all purposes under this Indenture.

     “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such
Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than the incurrence or
repayment of revolving credit borrowings, except to the extent that a repayment is accompanied by a
permanent reduction in revolving credit commitments) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified
Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption
of Indebtedness, or such issuance,

8

 

repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if
the same had occurred at the beginning of such period.

     In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

     (1) acquisitions and dispositions of business entities or property and assets
constituting a division or line of business of any Person that have been made by the
specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or
consolidations, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference
period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had
occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period, and Consolidated Cash Flow
for such reference period will be calculated on a pro forma basis in good faith on a
reasonable basis by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company; provided,
that such Officer may in his discretion include any pro forma changes to Consolidated Cash
Flow, including any pro forma reductions of expenses and costs, and pro forma adjustments
for Additional Volume and Increased Use and other operating improvements that have occurred
or are reasonably expected by such Officer to occur (regardless of whether such pro forma
changes or adjustments could then be reflected properly in pro forma financial statements
prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or any other regulation
or policy of the SEC);

     (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined
in accordance with GAAP, will be excluded;

     (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving
rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

     (4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed
to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; and

     (5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be
deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period.

     “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of:

     (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of
debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest
component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments
associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the
effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of
interest rates; plus

     (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
that was capitalized during such period; plus

     (3) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or
one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, regardless of whether such Guarantee or Lien is called upon;
plus

9

 

     (4) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and regardless of whether in cash, on any
series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than
dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in
effect from time to time, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.
All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in
conformity with GAAP.

     “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is
required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

     “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and
the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the
Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global
Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2), 2.06(d)(3) or
2.06(f) hereof.

     “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United
States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

     “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without
limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements
in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of
partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or
services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

     “Guarantors” means each of:

     (1) WCA Holdings Corporation; and

     (2) WCA Waste Systems, Inc.; and

     (3) WCA of Alabama, L.L.C.; and

     (4) WCA Shiloh Landfill, L.L.C.; and

     (5) Waste Corporation of Tennessee, Inc.; and

     (6) WCA of Florida, Inc.; and

     (7) WCA of Central Florida, Inc.; and

     (8) Waste Corporation of Missouri, Inc.; and

     (9) Eagle Ridge Landfill, LLC; and

     (10) WCA Texas Management General, Inc.; and

10

 

     (11) WCA Management Limited, Inc.; and

     (12) Waste Corporation of Texas, LP; and

     (13) Texas Environmental Waste Services, LLC; and

     (14) WCA Management General, Inc.; and

     (15) WCA Management Company, LP; and

     (16) WCA of North Carolina, LLC; and

     (17) Material Recovery, LLC; and

     (18) WCA Waste Transfer Station, LLC; and

     (19) WCA of High Point, LLC; and

     (20) Material Reclamation, LLC; and

     (21) WCA Capital, Inc.; and

     (22) Waste Corporation of Arkansas, Inc.; and

     (23) Translift, Inc.; and

     (24) Transit Waste, LLC; and

     (25) Waste Corporation of Kansas, Inc.; and

     (26) any other Subsidiary that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the
provisions hereof,

and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Subsidiary Guarantee of such
Person has been released in accordance with the provisions hereof.

     “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such
Person under:

     (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to
fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

     (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate
risk; and

     (3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

     “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

     “Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets,
as of that date, are less than $500,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month
period do not

11

 

exceed $500,000; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an
Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit
support for any Indebtedness of the Company.

     “Increased Use” means, with respect to an Acquired Business or Acquired Subsidiary, for the
applicable period of determination, waste disposed of in its landfill in excess of Internalized
Waste.

     “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person
(excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), regardless of whether contingent:

     (1) in respect of borrowed money;

     (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit
(or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

     (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

     (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

     (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property
or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are
completed; or

     (6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in
accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (a) all indebtedness of any
other Person, of the types described above in clauses (1) through (6), secured by a Lien on any
asset of the specified Person (regardless of whether such indebtedness is assumed by the specified
Person) and (b) to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any
indebtedness of any other Person, of the types described above in clauses (1) through (6).

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute Indebtedness:

     (a) any indebtedness that has been defeased in accordance with GAAP or defeased
pursuant to the deposit of cash or Cash Equivalents (in an amount sufficient to satisfy all
obligations relating thereto at maturity or redemption, as applicable, including all
payments of interest and premium, if any) in a trust or account created or pledged for the
sole benefit of the holders of such indebtedness, and subject to no other Liens, and in
accordance with the other applicable terms of the instrument governing such indebtedness;

     (b) any obligation arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution
of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary
course of business; provided, however, that such obligation is extinguished within five
Business Days of its incurrence; and

     (c) any obligations in respect of Closure/Post-Closure Letters of Credit.

     “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

12

 

     “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through
a Participant.

     “Initial Notes” means the first $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued
under this Indenture on the date hereof.

     “Initial Purchaser” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

     “Internalized Waste” means waste collected by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company that
is disposed of in a landfill (or other form of final disposal) owned or operated by (a) an Acquired
Business before consummation of the acquisition of the Acquired Business by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) an Acquired Subsidiary prior to such Acquired Subsidiary
becoming an Acquired Subsidiary.

     “Issue Date” means the first date on which Notes are issued under this Indenture.

     “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than:

     (1) Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s; or

     (2) BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P,

or, if either such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control,
the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other Rating Agency.

     “Investment Grade Rating Event” means the first day on which the Notes have an Investment
Grade Rating from a Rating Agency and no Default has occurred and is then continuing hereunder.

     “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other
obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances
to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions
for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items
that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity
Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any
such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be
deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair
Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in
an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07(b) hereof. The acquisition
by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third
Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in
an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such
third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07(b) hereof.
Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at
the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

     “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City
of New York or Houston, Texas or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law,
regulation or executive order to remain closed.

13

 

     “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent
to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Registered Exchange
Offer.

     “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest
or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, regardless of whether filed, recorded or
otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a
security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the
Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

     “Liquidated Damages” means at any time, all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

     “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such
Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock
dividends, excluding, however:

     (1) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or
loss, realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any
securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any
Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

     (2) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on
such extraordinary gain or loss.

     “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash
received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset
Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal,
accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred
as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case,
after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements,
and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under
a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset
Sale.

     “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

     (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides
credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise,
or (c) constitutes the lender; and

     (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the
Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would
permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to
its Stated Maturity.

     “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

14

 

     “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes
and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture,
and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial
Notes and any Additional Notes.

     “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any
Indebtedness.

     “Offering Circular” means the Company’s Offering Circular dated June 28, 2006 relating to the
Notes issued on the Issue Date.

     “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer,
any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

     “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of
the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer,
the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of
Section 12.05 hereof.

     “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or
counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

     “Parent” means any entity that acquires 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the
Company in a transaction in which the Beneficial Owners of the Company immediately prior to such
transaction are Beneficial Owners in the same proportion of the Company immediately after such
transaction.

     “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who
has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to
DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

     “Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness” means Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company
or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock was Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of:

     (1) a Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Subsidiary became a Restricted
Subsidiary; or

     (2) a Person that was merged, consolidated or amalgamated into the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary, provided that on the date such Subsidiary became a Restricted
Subsidiary or the date such Person was merged, consolidated and amalgamated into the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, after giving pro forma effect thereto, the
Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described
in Section 4.09 hereof.

     “Permitted Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted (as described in
the Offering Circular) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and other
businesses reasonably related or ancillary thereto.

15

 

     “Permitted Investments” means:

     (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

     (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a
Person, if as a result of such Investment:

     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

     (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an
Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof;

     (5) any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

     (6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade
creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or
similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or
(B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

     (7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

     (8) advances to or reimbursements of employees for moving, entertainment and travel
expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business;

     (9) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business or consistent
with past practice;

     (10) repurchases of the Notes;

     (11) advances, deposits and prepayments for purchases of any assets, including any
Equity Interests;

     (12) advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in
conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the
balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection
or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business;

     (13) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired
in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary
trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade
terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the
circumstances;

16

 

     (14) Investments received as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default;

     (15) surety and performance bonds and workers’ compensation, utility, lease, tax,
performance and similar deposits and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business;

     (16) Guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

     (17) Investments existing on the Issue Date; and

     (18) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on
the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18)
that are at the time outstanding not to exceed $10.0 million.

     “Permitted Liens” means:

     (1) Liens on assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing
Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities that were incurred pursuant to
either clause (1) or clause (17) of the definition of Permitted Debt and/or securing Hedging
Obligations related thereto;

     (2) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or
into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such
Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do
not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the
Company or the Subsidiary;

     (4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of
the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were
in existence prior to such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such
acquisition;

     (5) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and Liens to secure the performance of bids,
tenders, trade or governmental contracts, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, surety or
appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the
ordinary course of business;

     (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by
Section 4.09(b)(4) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

     (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

     (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet
delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly
instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate
provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

17

 

     (9) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s, landlord’s
and mechanics’ Liens or other similar Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course
of business;

     (10) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for,
licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other
similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were
not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially
adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the
operation of the business of such Person;

     (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

     (12) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Subsidiary
Guarantees);

     (13) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred
under this Indenture; provided, however, that:

     (a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and
assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original
Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to,
such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

     (b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount
greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater,
committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount
necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal,
refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

     (14) Liens arising by reason of a judgment, decree or court order, to the extent not
otherwise resulting in an Event of Default, and any Liens that are required to protect or
enforce any rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the
ordinary course of business;

     (15) Liens contained in purchase and sale agreements limiting the transfer of assets
pending the closing of the transactions contemplated thereby;

     (16) Liens that may be deemed to exist by virtue of contractual provisions that
restrict the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from granting or permitting
to exist Liens on their respective assets;

     (17) Liens in favor of the Trustee as provided for in this Indenture on money or
property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee;

     (18) Liens securing obligations in respect of Closure/Post-Closure Letters of Credit;
and

     (19) Liens securing obligations that, at any one time outstanding, do not exceed the
greater of $10.0 million.

18

 

     “Permitted Payments to Parent” means, for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing
a consolidated or combined tax return with the Parent, payments to the Parent in respect of an
allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to the Company and its
Subsidiaries (“Tax Payments”). The Tax Payments shall not exceed the lesser of (a) the amount of
the relevant tax (including any penalties and interest) that the Company would owe if the Company
were filing a separate tax return (or a separate consolidated or combined return with its
Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated or combined group), taking into account any
carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) of the Company and such
Subsidiaries from other taxable years and (b) the net amount of the relevant tax that the Parent
actually owes to the appropriate taxing authority. Any Tax Payments received from the Company shall
be paid over to the appropriate taxing authority within 30 days of the Parent’s receipt of such Tax
Payments or refunded to the Company.

     “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary issued (a) in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend,
renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in
part, or (b) constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to or a deferral or renewal of
((a) and (b) above, collectively, a “Refinancing”), any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness), any Disqualified Stock of the
Company or any preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary in a principal amount or, in the case of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, liquidation
preference, not to exceed (after deduction of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred
in connection with the Refinancing) the lesser of:

     (1) the principal amount or, in the case of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock,
liquidation preference, of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock so
Refinanced (plus, in the case of Indebtedness, the amount of premium, if any paid in
connection therewith); and

     (2) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced was issued with any original issue discount,
the accreted value of such Indebtedness (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at the time
of such Refinancing.

     Notwithstanding the preceding, no Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock will be
deemed to be Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, unless:

     (1) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock has a final maturity date
or redemption date, as applicable, later than the final maturity date or redemption date, as
applicable, of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred
stock being Refinanced;

     (2) if the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced is
contractually subordinated or otherwise junior in right of payment to the Notes, such
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock has a final maturity date or redemption
date, as applicable, later than the final maturity date or redemption date, as applicable,
of, and is contractually subordinated or otherwise junior in right of payment to, the Notes,
on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being
Refinanced at the time of the Refinancing; and

19

 

     (3) such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is incurred or issued by the Company or
such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is incurred or issued by the
Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being Refinanced or the issuer
of the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced.

     “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or
other entity.

     “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be
placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions
of this Indenture.

     “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

     “Rating Agency” means each of S&P and Moody’s, or if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a
rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or
agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for S&P or
Moody’s, or both, as the case may be.

     “Registered Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 5,
2006, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof,
as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to
any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors
and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from
time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to
register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

     “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto
bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of
and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

     “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the
Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other
officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the
above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any
other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject.

     “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

     “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

     “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

     “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

20

 

     “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     “Senior Credit Agreement” means that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 5,
2006, by and among the Company, Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent, and the parties named
therein as Lenders, providing for revolving credit borrowings, including any related notes,
Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and,
in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, increased, refunded, replaced (whether upon
or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to
institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group.

     “SFAS” means Statement of Financial Accounting Standard, as issued by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board.

     “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as
defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as
such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

     “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any
series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be
paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and will not include
any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to
the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

     “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that is
contractually subordinated in right of payment, in any respect (by its terms or the terms of any
document or instrument relating thereto), to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such
Guarantor, as applicable.

     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

     (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement
that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries
of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

21

 

     (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of
which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of
which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination
thereof).

     “Subsidiary Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations
under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

     “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in
effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified thereunder.

     “Trustee” means The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. until a successor replaces it in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor
serving hereunder.

     “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required
to bear the Private Placement Legend.

     “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear
the Private Placement Legend.

     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board
of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of
Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

     (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

     (2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are
no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

     (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity
Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such
Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

     (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for
any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

     “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities
Act.

     “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person
that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

     “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the
number of years obtained by dividing:

     (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then
remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal,

22

 

including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number
of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the
making of such payment; by

     (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined in
	Term	 	Section
	“Affiliate Transaction”
	 	4.11
	“Asset Sale Offer”
	 	4.10
	“Authentication Order”
	 	2.02
	“Change of Control Offer”
	 	4.14
	“Change of Control Payment”
	 	4.14
	“Change of Control Payment Date”
	 	4.14
	“Comparable Treasury Issue”
	 	3.07
	“Comparable Treasury Price”
	 	3.07
	“Covenant Defeasance”
	 	8.03
	“DTC”
	 	2.03
	“Event of Default”
	 	6.01
	“Excess Proceeds”
	 	4.10
	“incur”
	 	4.09
	“Independent Investment Banker”
	 	3.07
	“Legal Defeasance”
	 	8.02
	“Make-Whole Price”
	 	3.07
	“Offer Amount”
	 	4.10
	“Offer Period”
	 	4.10
	“Paying Agent”
	 	2.03
	“Permitted Debt”
	 	4.09
	“Payment Default”
	 	6.01
	“Purchase Date”
	 	4.10
	“Reference Treasury Dealer”
	 	3.07
	“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations”
	 	3.07
	“Registrar”
	 	2.03
	“Restricted Payments”
	 	4.07
	“Treasury Rate”
	 	3.07

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

     Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by
reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

     The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

     “indenture securities” means the Notes;

     “indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

     “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

23

 

     “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

     “obligor” on the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors,
respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively.

     All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference
to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

     Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;

     (3) “or” is not exclusive;

     (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

     (5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

     (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

     (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to
include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time
to time.

ARTICLE 2.

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

     (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially
in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by
law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The
Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

     The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution
and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound
thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of
this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

     (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form
of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of
Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such
of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the
aggregate principal amount of

24

 

outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as
appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the
amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee,
in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

     At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

     If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is
authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

     A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The
signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

     The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by at least one
Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate (i) for original issue on the Issue Date, Initial
Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000, (ii) Exchange Securities for original
issue, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, and
(iii) any amount of Additional Notes specified by the Company. The aggregate principal amount of
Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for
issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in
Section 2.07 hereof.

     The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate
Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.
An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of
the Company.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

     The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of
transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will
keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. Unless otherwise designated by
the Company by written notice to the Trustee, each such office or agency shall be the Trustee’s
office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company may appoint one or more
co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any
co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the
Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the
Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall
act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

     The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with
respect to the Global Notes.

     The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act
as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

25

 

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

     The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the
Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the
Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on
the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment.
While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by
it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it
to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as
Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders
all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating
to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

     The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA
§ 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least
seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require
of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA
§ 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

     (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a
whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the
Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a
successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged
by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

     (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling
or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency
registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not
appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

     (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but
not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such
effect to the Trustee; or

     (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to
the Notes.

     Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive
Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes
also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10
hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or
any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be
authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be
exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); however, beneficial
interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or
(f) hereof.

26

 

     (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and
exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2)
below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

     (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in
any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the
transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that
prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a
U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted
Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall
be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this
Section 2.06(b)(1).

     (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In
connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to
Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the
Registrar either:

     (A) both:

     (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect
Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a
beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the
beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

     (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be
credited with such increase; or

     (B) both:

     (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect
Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note
in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or
exchanged; and

     (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar
containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive
Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in
(1) above.

Upon consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f)
hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon
receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by
the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all
of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in
this Indenture and the Notes or

27

 

otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the
relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

     (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial
interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the
transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar
receives the following:

     (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest
in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form
of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

     (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest
in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

     (4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any
Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the
beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the
transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Securities or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as
defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in
the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a)
thereof; or

     (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form
of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably

28

 

acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an
Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or
more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

     Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note.

     (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

     (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If
any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance
with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an
offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2)
thereof;

     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule
144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced
accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the
appropriate

29

 

principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such
authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct
the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.
The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so
registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall
be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

     (2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.
A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial
interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such
beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a
transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a
Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange
Securities or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the
Company;

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

     (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer
is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

     (3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.
If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange
such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction
of the

30

 

conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section
2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver
to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal
amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized
denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through
instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect
Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names
such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

     (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If
any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such
Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such
Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b)
thereof;

     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S.
Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof;

     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance
with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c)
thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be
increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the
appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global
Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

31

 

     (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.
A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the
case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the
applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Securities or (iii) a Person who
is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

     (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from
such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer
is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

     Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section
2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be
increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

     (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.
A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will
cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the
aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

     If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is
effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an
Unrestricted Global Note

32

 

has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of
Definitive Notes so transferred.

     (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder
of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the
Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration
of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in
writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents
and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section
2.06(e).

     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the
following:

     (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; and

     (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

     (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note
or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the
case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the
applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Securities or (iii) a Person who
is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

     (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

33

 

     (i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes
proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

     (ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes
proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof
in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such
Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to
the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act
and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
Act.

     (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof
in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such
a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof.

     (f) Registered Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Registered Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

     (1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for
exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters
of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a
distribution of the Exchange Securities and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule
144) of the Company; and

     (2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Registered
Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A)
they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the
Exchange Securities and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

     Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal
amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will
execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of
Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

     (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive
Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions
of this Indenture.

     (1) Private Placement Legend.

34

 

     (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each
Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof)
shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION
UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE
EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE
MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY
RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED,
RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III)
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER
(IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN
EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF
THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY
PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.”

     (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued
pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or
(f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution
thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

     (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the
following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR
ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO
ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS
MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN
WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS
GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE
COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY
NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A

35

 

NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO
THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY
BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR
VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE &
CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

     (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests
in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note
has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be
returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any
time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or
transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such
Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the
Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the
beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be
increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

     (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

     (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and
the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

     (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but
the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or
similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10,
3.06, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

     (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any
Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note
being redeemed in part.

     (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or
exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company,
evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the
Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

     (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

     (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a
period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection
of

36

 

Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of
business on the day of selection;

     (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption
in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in
part; or

     (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and
the next succeeding interest payment date.

     (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the
Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee,
any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with
the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

     (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted
to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or
exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

     If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives
evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue
and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if
the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond
must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to
protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of
them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a
Note.

     Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all
of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued
hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

     The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for
those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a
Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described
in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does
not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note;
however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be
outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(c) hereof.

     If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

     If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to
be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

37

 

     If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof)
holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date,
then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to
accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

     In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in
any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction,
waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

     Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the
Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary
Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate
definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

     Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

     The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and
Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of
transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for
registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of
canceled Notes in accordance with its standard procedures (subject to the record retention
requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the disposition of all canceled Notes will be
delivered to the Company from time to time upon written request. The Company may not issue new
Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

     If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted
interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted
interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the
rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the
proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and
payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the
related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date,
the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the
expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special
record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

38

 

ARTICLE 3.

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

     If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days
before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:

     (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

     (2) the redemption date;

     (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

     (4) the redemption price.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

     If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes
for redemption on a pro rata basis unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange
requirements.

     If a pro rata redemption is not permitted as provided above, then the particular Notes to be
redeemed will be selected by lot and, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be so selected, not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding
Notes not previously called for redemption.

     The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption
and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be
redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 and whole multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the
entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be
redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to
Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

     At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or
cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to
be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60
days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the
Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof.

     The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

     (1) the redemption date;

     (2) the redemption price;

     (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such
Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new
Note

39

 

or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon
cancellation of the original Note;

     (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

     (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect
the redemption price;

     (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on
Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

     (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the
Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

     (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or
any other identification number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

     At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name
and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45
days prior to the redemption date (unless a shorter time is acceptable to the Trustee), an
Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the
information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

     Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for
redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A
notice of redemption may not be conditional, except as provided in Section 3.07(d) hereof.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption.

     At least one Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company will deposit with the
Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the applicable redemption price of and
accrued interest and unpaid Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.
The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the
Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption
price of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Notes to be
redeemed.

     If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for
redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the
related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in
whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note
called for redemption is not so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the
Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal,
from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not
paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01
hereof.

40

 

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part.

     Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of
an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company
a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

     (a) At any time prior to June 15, 2010, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s
registered address, at a redemption price equal to the Make-Whole Price plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of
Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date.

     The notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the
Make-Whole Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee
of the Make-Whole Price and the manner of calculation thereof with respect to any redemption
promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation.

     “Make-Whole Price” with respect to any Notes to be redeemed, means an amount equal to the
greater of:

     (1) 100% of the principal amount of such Notes; and

     (2) the sum of the present values of (A) the redemption price of such Notes at June 15,
2010 (as set forth below) and (B) the remaining scheduled payments of interest from the
redemption date to June 15, 2010 (not including any portion of such payments of interest
accrued as of the redemption date) discounted back to the redemption date on a semi-annual
basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as
defined below) plus 50 basis points.

Unless the Company defaults in payment of the Make-Whole Price, on and after the applicable
redemption date, interest and Liquidated Damage, if any, will cease to accrue on the Notes to be
redeemed.

     “Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to Notes to be redeemed, the U.S. Treasury
security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity most nearly equal to the
period from the redemption date to June 15, 2014, at the time of selection and in accordance with
customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities; provided if such
period is less than one year, then the U.S. Treasury security having a maturity of one year shall
be used.

     “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of
four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and
lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four
such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations.

     “Independent Investment Banker” means the Initial Purchaser and its successors, or, if such
firm or the successors, if any, to such firm, as the case may be, are unwilling or unable to select
the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing
appointed by the Company.

41

 

     “Reference Treasury Dealer” means Initial Purchaser, and three additional primary U.S.
government securities dealers in New York City (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) selected by the
Company, and its successors (provided, however, that if any such firm or any such successor, as the
case may be, shall cease to be a primary U.S. government securities dealer in New York City, the
Company shall substitute therefore another Primary Treasury Dealer).

     “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer
and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for
the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount)
quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

     “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the yield, under the heading
which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently
published statistical release designated “H.15(159)” or any successor publication that is published
weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and that establishes yields on
actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury
Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no
maturity is within three months before or after the stated maturity, yields for the two published
maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined, and the
Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight-line basis,
rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published
during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum
equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated
using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount)
equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be
calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

     (b) On and after June 15, 2010, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, from time
to time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Percentage
	2010
	 	 	104.625	%
	2011
	 	 	102.313	%
	2012 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

     (c) Prior to June 15, 2009, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of
the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding under this Indenture (which may include
Additional Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price
equal to 109.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to
be redeemed to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided that

     (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the
Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries), remains outstanding
after each such redemption; and

42

 

     (2) the redemption occurs within 180 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.

     (d) Notice of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of
the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may at the Company’s discretion, be
subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to completion of the
related Equity Offering.

     (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

     The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to the Notes.

ARTICLE 4.

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

     The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.
Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, will be considered paid on
the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of
10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available
funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, Liquidated Damages,
if any, and interest then due. The Company will pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same
manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

     The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or
agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or
co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where
notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. Unless otherwise designated by the Company by written notice to the Trustee, each such
office or agency shall be the Trustee’s office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.
The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the
location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required
office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more additional offices or agencies
where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to
time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in
any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such
other office or agency.

     The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such additional
office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

43

 

Section 4.03 Reports.

     (a) Regardless of whether required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any
Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes or cause the Trustee to
furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and
regulations:

     (1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on
Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file reports; and

     (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if
the Company were required to file such reports.

     All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules
and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report
on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent
accountants. In addition, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in
clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in
the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing)
and will post the reports on its website within those time periods. The Company will at all times
comply with TIA § 314(a).

     If, at any time, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of
the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports
specified in the preceding paragraph with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless
the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of
causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will
not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in
the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were
required to file those reports with the SEC.

     (b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then
the quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 will
include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in
the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the
Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

     (c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file
with the SEC the reports required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.03, the Company and
the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors,
upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act.

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

     (a) The Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end
of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the
Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision
of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such
Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in
default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this
Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred,

44

 

describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and
what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of
his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on
account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has
occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto.

     (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee,
forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’
Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes.

     The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency,
all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith
and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any
material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

     The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so)
that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the
benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly
waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any
such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but
will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly:

     (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of
the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without
limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other
than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the

45

 

Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

     (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including without
limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity
Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

     (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness, except a payment of interest or
principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

     (4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in
these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”),

     unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

     (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a
consequence of such Restricted Payment;

     (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro
forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a)
hereof; and

     (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (excluding
Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (7), (8) and (11) of paragraph
(b) of this Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without duplication of:

     (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as
one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing
after the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter
for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted
Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100%
of such deficit); plus

     (B) 100% of (A)(i) the aggregate net cash proceeds and (ii) the Fair Market
Value of (x) marketable securities (other than marketable securities of the
Company), (y) Capital Stock of a Person (other than the Company or an Affiliate of
the Company) engaged in a Permitted Business and (z) other assets used in any
Permitted Business, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), received by the Company
since the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the
issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or
from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or
convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted
into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or
Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), (B) the
amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced
on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange after
the Issue Date of any such Indebtedness into or for Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company, and (C) the aggregate net cash proceeds,

46

 

if any, received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon any
conversion or exchange described in clause (A) or (B) above; provided, however, that
notwithstanding the foregoing, proceeds received by the Company from the sale of up
to 750,000 shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be excluded;
plus

     (C) with respect to Restricted Investments made by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the
net reduction in such Restricted Investments in any Person resulting from (i)
repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) other repurchases, repayments or
redemptions of such Restricted Investments, (iii) the sale of any such Restricted
Investment or (iv) the release of any Guarantee (except to the extent any amounts
are paid under such Guarantee) plus (B) all amounts representing the return of
capital (excluding dividends and distributions) to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in respect of such Restricted Investment plus (C) with respect to any
Unrestricted Subsidiary that the Board of Directors of the Company redesignates as a
Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Subsidiary
held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of such
redesignation.

     (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:

     (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption
within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption
notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or
redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

     (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company)
of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the
substantially concurrent contribution (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company) of capital
to the Company in respect of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock); provided
that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted
Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

     (3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value
of Subordinated Indebtedness (including the payment of any required premium and any fees and
expenses incurred in connection with such repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition) with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds
that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of
Section 4.07(a) hereof;

     (4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited
liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to
the holders of the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that such dividend or similar distribution is paid to all holders of
such Equity Interests on a pro rata basis based on their respective holdings of such Equity
Interests;

     (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests
deemed to occur upon the exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar
rights to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise or exchange
price of those

47

 

stock options, and the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of
Equity Interests made in lieu of withholding taxes resulting from the exercise or exchange
of stock options, warrants or other similar rights;

     (6) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby,
the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any
class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company or any class or series of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
in each case issued on or after the Issue Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio test described in Section 4.09 hereof;

     (7) Permitted Payments to Parent;

     (8) payments to fund the purchase by the Company of fractional shares arising out of
stock dividends, splits or combination or business combinations;

     (9) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any
Equity Interests of Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by
any of Parent’s or the Company’s (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) current or former
directors or employees; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased,
redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $1.0 million in any
twelve-month period (with unused amounts in any 12-month period being permitted to be
carried over into succeeding 12-month periods); provided, further, that the amounts in any
12-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds received
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of the Company’s Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or Parent’s Equity Interests to any such directors
or employees that occurs after the Issue Date (provided that the amount of such cash
proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement
will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the
immediately preceding paragraph and to the extent such proceeds have not otherwise been
applied to the payment of Restricted Payments) plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life
insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue
Date;

     (10) the purchase or redemption of any Acquired Subordinated Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, by application of (i) cash provided from
operations in the ordinary course of business or (ii) proceeds from borrowings under the
revolving portion of the Senior Credit Agreement (so long as within 30 days prior to such
purchase or redemption, a corresponding amount of borrowings under the revolving portion of
the Senior Credit Agreement was repaid from cash provided from operations in the ordinary
course of business); provided, in any such case, that the Company is able to incur an
additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof after giving effect to
such purchase or redemption; provided, further, that this clause (10) shall not permit the
application of any proceeds from any other borrowings under any Credit Facility to effect
any such purchase or redemption; and

     (11) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby,
other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million since the Issue
Date.

     The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the
date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or
issued by

48

 

the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted
Payment. The Fair Market Value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the
Fair Market Value of any non-cash Restricted Payment exceeding $12.5 million shall be determined
conclusively by two senior officers of the Company acting in good faith whose conclusions with
respect thereto shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided,
however, that if the Fair Market Value of any non-cash Restricted Payment exceeds $20.0 million,
such Fair Market Value shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company
and set forth in a board resolution, and a certified copy of such board resolution shall be
delivered to the Trustee. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the
event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in
(1) through (11) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Company
shall, in its sole discretion, classify such Restricted Payment, or later classify, reclassify or
re-divide all or a portion of such Restricted Payment, in any manner that complies with this
Section 4.07.

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create or
permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any
Restricted Subsidiary to:

     (1) (x) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (y) pay any indebtedness owed to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries.

     (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions
existing under or by reason of:

     (1) agreements or instruments governing Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the Issue
Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, increases, renewals, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or instruments; provided that
the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements
or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and
other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements or instruments on the
Issue Date;

     (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

     (3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

     (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition
(except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or
in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to
any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the
property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness,
such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

49

 

     (5) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the
ordinary course of business;

     (6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business
and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased
of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof;

     (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that
restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

     (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the
agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more
restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced;

     (9) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that
limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

     (10) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint
venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements,
security agreements, mortgages, purchase money agreements and other similar agreements or
instruments entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which
limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

     (11) Hedging Obligations permitted from time to time under this Indenture; and

     (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly
liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”; with “incurrence” having
a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue
any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares
of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired
Debt) and issue Disqualified Stock, and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries may incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial
statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is
incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have
been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the
net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified
Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter
period.

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit
the incurrence of any of the following (the items of Indebtedness described below in this paragraph
(b) being referred to collectively as “Permitted Debt”):

50

 

     (1) the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of additional
Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount
at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to
have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $175.0 million; provided, that the maximum
amount permitted to be outstanding under this clause (1) shall not be deemed to limit
additional Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities to the extent the incurrence of such
additional Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to any of the other provisions of this Section
4.09;

     (2) the incurrence of Existing Indebtedness;

     (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the
Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange
Securities and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement;

     (4) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of
Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money
obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the
purchase price or cost of construction, installation, improvement, deployment,
refurbishment, modification or lease of property, plant or equipment or furniture, fixtures
and equipment, in each case used in the business of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, in an aggregate amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause
(4), not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding;

     (5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew,
refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany
Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a)
hereof or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) or (17) of this Section 4.09(b);

     (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany
Indebtedness owing to and held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided, however, that:

          (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such
Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company; and

          (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to
constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

     (7) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

          (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such
preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company; and

51

 

          (b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not
either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such
Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);

     (8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging
Obligations;

     (9) the incurrence of a Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted
to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness
being guaranteed is Subordinated Indebtedness, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated to
the same extent as the contractual subordination applicable to the Indebtedness guaranteed;

     (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations,
bankers’ acceptances, performance bonds, completion bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds and
surety bonds or other similar bonds or obligations, and any Guarantees or letters of credit
functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing;

     (11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check,
draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such
Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

     (12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued
in the ordinary course of business; provided that, upon the drawing of such letters of
credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within one
year following such drawing or incurrence;

     (13) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness to the extent that the net proceeds
thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes;

     (14) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in customary
amounts consistent with the operations and business of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

     (15) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each
case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or
Capital Stock of a Subsidiary; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of
all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

     (16) Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness; and

52

 

     (17) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional
Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time
outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund,
refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause
(17), not to exceed the greater of (a) $10.0 million or (b) 5% of the Company’s Consolidated
Tangible Assets.

     For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of
proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt
described in clauses (1) through (17) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section
4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of
its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner
that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date
on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to
have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the
definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original
issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness
with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in
accounting principles and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional
shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in
each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed
Charges of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the
maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to
this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange
rates or currency values.

     The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

     (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with
original issue discount;

     (2) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the
specified Person, the lesser of:

          (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at the date of determination; and

          (b) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and

     (3) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

Section 4.10 Asset Sales.

     The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an
Asset Sale unless:

     (1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives
consideration in respect of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the
assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

     (2) either (x) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or (y) the Fair Market Value of
all

53

 

forms of consideration other than cash received for all Asset Sales since the Issue
Date does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Company
at the time each determination is made. For purposes of this provision, each of the
following will be deemed to be cash:

     (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance
sheet (or as would be shown on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of the
date of such Asset Sale) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
contingent liabilities, Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to the Notes
or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets
or Equity Interests pursuant to (1) a written novation agreement that releases the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability therefor or (2) an
assignment agreement that includes, in lieu of such a release, the agreement of the
transferee or its parent company to indemnify and hold harmless the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary from and against any loss, liability or cost in respect of
such assumed liability;

     (B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any
such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 270 days after the date of the Asset
Sale, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;

     (C) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of the
next paragraph of this Section 4.10; and

     (D) accounts receivable of a business retained by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, following the sale of such business, provided, that
such accounts receivable are not (i) past due more than 90 days and (ii) do not have
a payment date greater than 120 days from the date of the invoice creating such
accounts receivable.

     Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be) may apply an amount equal to such Net Proceeds at its
option:

     (1) to repay Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Subordinated Indebtedness);

     (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of,
another Person engaged in a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such
acquisition of Capital Stock, such Person is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company;

     (3) to make a capital expenditure; or

     (4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and
that are used or useful in a Permitted Business;

provided, however, that if, during such 360-day period, the Company and/or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries enters into a binding contract with a Person other than an Affiliate of the Company to
apply such amount pursuant to clauses (2) or (3) above, then such 360-day period shall be extended
until the earlier of (a) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated, and (b)
the 180th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 360-day period.

54

 

     Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce
revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not
prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested
as provided in the second paragraph of this Section 4.10 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

     If on any date, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, then within ten
Business Days after such date, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes
and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes
containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to
purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of
Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The
offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in
cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain unapplied after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu
Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee
shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

     Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.10 to the contrary, the sale, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by Section 4.14 hereof and/or Section 5.01 hereof
and not by this Section 4.10.

     The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
this Section 4.10, or compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.10 would constitute a
violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities
laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section
4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

     In the event that, pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company is
required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will
follow the procedures specified below.

     The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that
is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture
with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale
Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not
more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law
(the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period
(the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the
purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or,
if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in
response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same
manner as interest payments are made.

     If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related
interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, will be paid
to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and
no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer.

55

 

     Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a
notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and
materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The
notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

     (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.10 and the
length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;

     (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

     (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue
interest;

     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for
payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase
Date;

     (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may
elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only;

     (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will
be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address
specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

     (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration
of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased;

     (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness
surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes
and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal
amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as
may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased); and

     (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal
in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by
book-entry transfer).

     On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on
a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes
tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted
for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.10. The Company, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than
five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the
purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and
the Company, will promptly issue a new Note,

56

 

and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver
(or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount
equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be
promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly
announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

     Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any
payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or
purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of
the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

     (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or
the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

     (A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $12.5 million, a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of
this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and

     (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, an
opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate
Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or
investment banking firm of national standing.

     (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will
not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof:

     (1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director
indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date, or entered into thereafter in the
ordinary course of business, and any indemnities or other transactions permitted or required
by law, statutory provisions or any of the foregoing agreements, plans or arrangements;

     (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (3) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the
Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or
controls, such Person;

     (4) payment of reasonable directors’ fees to directors of the Company and its
Subsidiaries;

57

 

     (5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to
Affiliates of the Company;

     (6) any Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07
hereof;

     (7) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to exceed
$250,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

     (8) any employment, consulting, service or termination agreement, employee benefit plan
or arrangement, reasonable and customary indemnification arrangements or any similar
agreement, plan or arrangement, entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with officers, directors, consultants or employees of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries and the payment of compensation to officers, directors, consultants and
employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including amounts paid pursuant to
employee benefit plans, employee stock option or similar plans), and any payments,
indemnities or other transactions permitted or required by law, statutory provisions or any
of the foregoing agreements, plans or arrangements; so long as such agreement or payment has
been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the
Company; and

     (9) any contracts, agreements or understandings existing as of the Issue Date or
disclosed in the Offering Circular, and any amendments to or replacements of such contracts,
agreements or understandings so long as any such amendment or replacement is not more
disadvantageous to the Company or to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than
the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.

Section 4.12 Liens.

     The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien securing Indebtedness, upon any asset now owned or
hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured (except
that Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness shall be expressly subordinate to any Lien securing
the Notes to at least the same extent such Subordinated Indebtedness is subordinate to the Notes).

Section 4.13 Corporate Existence.

     Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect:

     (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each
of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same
may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

     (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such
right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its
Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no
longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders
of the Notes.

58

 

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

     (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of
Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to
101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights
of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment
date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company
will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the
Change of Control and stating:

     (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and
that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days
and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control
Payment Date”);

     (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment,
all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue
interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to
Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

     (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent
receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the
Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have the Notes purchased; and

     (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which
unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof.

     The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To
the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions
of this Section 4.14 hereof or compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.14 hereof would
constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this
Section 4.14 by virtue of such compliance.

     (b) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

59

 

     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer;

     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in
respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

     (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or
portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

     The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the Change
of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment
for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by
book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of
the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company will not be
required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the
Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not
withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to
Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption
price.

Section 4.15 Payments for Consent.

     The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes
for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of
this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all
Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the
solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Section 4.16 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

     If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture in substantially the form
of Exhibit E hereto and deliver an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee within ten
Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created to the effect that such supplemental
indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by that Domestic Restricted Subsidiary
and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of that Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, enforceable
in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions); provided that any Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until
such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Section 4.17 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

     The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary
is

60

 

designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding
Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as
Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will
reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more
clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation
will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted
Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced
to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of
Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying
that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07
hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for
purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted
to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such
Section. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1)
such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if
such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no
Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Section 4.18 Covenant Termination.

     Notwithstanding any provision hereof or of the Notes to the contrary, from and after any time
that the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating and no Default has occurred and is then continuing,
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will cease to be subject to Section 4.07, Section 4.08,
Section 4.09, Section 4.10, Section 4.11, Section 4.14, Section 4.17 hereof and the requirement set
forth under clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 5.01 hereof, and no Default or Event of
Default shall result from any failure to comply with any of the provisions of such Sections.

ARTICLE 5.

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

     The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (i) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or
into another Person (regardless of whether the Company is the surviving corporation), convert into
another form of entity or continue in another jurisdiction; or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another
Person, unless:

     (1) either:

     (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or

     (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or
merger or resulting from such conversion (if other than the Company) or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a

61

 

corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized or
existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the
District of Columbia;

     (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such conversion, consolidation, amalgamation
or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the
Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to
agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; provided that, unless such Person is a
corporation, a corporate co-issuer of the Notes will be added to this Indenture by
agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

     (3) immediately after such transaction or transactions, no Default or Event of Default
exists; and

     (4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation,
amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made:

     (A) would have Consolidated Net Worth immediately after the transaction equal
to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately preceding
the transaction;

     (B) would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect
thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test
set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

     (C) would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect
thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
that is greater than or equal to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company
immediately prior to such transaction.

     For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of
the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries,
would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a
consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company.

     The surviving entity will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and
power of, the Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all
of its assets, the Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and
interest on the Notes.

     This Section 5.01 will not apply to:

     (1) a merger of the Company with a Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction; or

62

 

     (2) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease
or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

     Upon any consolidation, amalgamation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the
Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01
hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is
merged or amalgamated or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for the Company (so that from and after
the date of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance
or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer
instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of
the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as
the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of
the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of,
Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6.

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

     Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

     (1) default in any payment of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect
to any Note under the Indenture when due, continued for 30 days;

     (2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the
principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

     (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with its
obligations under Section 4.10, 4.11 or 5.01 hereof;

     (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days to comply
with the provisions of Section 4.07 or 4.09;

     (5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after
notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the
other agreements in this Indenture or the Notes; provided, however, that with respect to a
failure by the Company to comply with Section 4.03, such period shall be 90 days after
notice to the Company, rather than 60 days;

     (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued
or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created
after the Issue Date, if that default:

63

 

     (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any,
on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such
Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

     (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express
maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment
Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million
or more;

     (7) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial
statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $10.0 million (net of any amounts
that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in
writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

     (8) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary
or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

     (A) commences a voluntary case,

     (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary
case,

     (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or
substantially all of its property,

     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

     (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

     (9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:

     (A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an
involuntary case;

     (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all
or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; or

64

 

     (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

     (10) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any
judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full
force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies
or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

     In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof, with
respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary
or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without
further action or notice (subject to applicable law). If any other Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company may declare all the Notes to be due and payable
immediately.

     Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

     The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its
consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing
Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if
any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy
to collect the payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the
Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

     The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note
in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

     Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing
Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of
Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on,
the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an
acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default
arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been

65

 

cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent
or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

     Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct
the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the
Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to
follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in
personal liability.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

     A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

     (1) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is
continuing;

     (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or
indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

     (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the
request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

     (5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such
request.

     A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a
Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to
receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on
or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to
purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

     If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against the Company and any Guarantor for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and,
to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs
and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

66

 

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

     The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be
necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company
(or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and
empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on
any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the
payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in
any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien
on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other
properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or
under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or
the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder
in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 Priorities.

     If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in
the following order:

     First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07
hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all
advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

     Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal,
premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal,
premium and Liquidated Damages, if any and interest, respectively; and

     Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall
direct.

     The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes
pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

     In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion
may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the
suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the
claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the
Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to

67

 

Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7.

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in
its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
such person’s own affairs.

     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

     (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of
this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set
forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

     (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine
whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

     (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

     (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

     (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts; and

     (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take
in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

     (4) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of
its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder
has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense.

     (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

     (e) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

68

 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

     (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or
matter stated in the document.

     (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be
full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

     (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care.

     (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that
it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

     (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction
or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

     (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in
it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have
offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against the losses, liabilities and
expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

     (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of such
event is sent to the Trustee in accordance with Section 12.02 hereof, and such notice references
the Notes.

     (h) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that
a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering, or omitting any action hereunder, the
Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith
on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate.

     (i) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance or compliance by either
the Company or the Guarantors of their respective covenants contained herein.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

     The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to
continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may
do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11
hereof.

69

 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

     The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the
proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any
provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any
statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with
the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

     If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee,
the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90
days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal
of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the
notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

     (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the Issue Date, and
for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief
report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described
in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need
be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also
transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

     (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by
the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which
the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee
when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

     (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its
acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Company will reimburse the Trustee
promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by
it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable
compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

     (b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses,
liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing
this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending
itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other
Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its own
negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it
may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company
or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend
the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The

70

 

Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its
consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

     (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

     (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the
Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the
Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien
will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

     (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.01(8) or (9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services
(including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

     (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

     (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become
effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section
7.08.

     (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby
created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in
writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

     (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

     (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

     (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

     (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

     (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for
any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the
successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company.

     (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

71

 

     (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will
become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to
the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant
to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

     If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of
its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further
act will be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

     There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized
under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination
by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000
as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

     This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1),
(2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

     The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §
311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent
indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8.

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

     The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution
set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied
to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

     Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section
8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with
respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees) on the date the conditions
set forth below are

72

 

satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that
the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees), which will thereafter
be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections
of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other
obligations under such Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on
demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the
same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder:

     (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the
principal of, or interest or premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, such Notes when
such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

     (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.04, 2.06,
2.07, 2.10 and 4.02 hereof;

     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

     (4) this Article 8.

     Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this
Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

     Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section
8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants
contained in Sections 4.03, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 hereof
and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date
the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”),
and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction,
waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in
connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes
hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting
purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes
and Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no
liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether
directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by
reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document
and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01
hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and
Subsidiary Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under
Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of
the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(7) hereof and, only
with respect to Subsidiaries of the Company, Sections 6.01(8) and 6.01(9) hereof will not
constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02
or 8.03 hereof:

73

 

     (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of
cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or
firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment
thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must
specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a
particular redemption date;

     (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

     (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
Revenue Service a ruling; or

     (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal
income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall
confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain
or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and
will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not
occurred;

     (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the
Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income
tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income
tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

     (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds
to be applied to such deposit);

     (5) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the
Company or any Guarantor is bound;

     (6) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other
than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

     (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over
the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
defrauding any creditors of the Company or others;

74

 

     (8) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) through (7) of this Section 8.04 have been
complied with; and

     (9) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of
Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions), stating
that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (2), (3) and (5) of this Section 8.04
have been complied with; provided that the Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (5) of
this Section 8.04 may be to the knowledge of such counsel.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions.

     Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including
the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for
purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the
outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders
of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and
Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.

     The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on
or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section
8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee
or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

     Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to
the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government
Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a
written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under
Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be
deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Company.

     Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in
trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on,
any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Liquidated Damages,
if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if
then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will
thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the
Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as
trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that
such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than
30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then
remaining will be repaid to the Company.

75

 

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government
Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or
Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof,
as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of,
premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its
obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive
such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

     Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee
may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees without the
consent of any Holder of Notes:

     (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes;

     (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the
Holders of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or
sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

     (4) to effect the release of a Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee and the
termination of such Subsidiary Guarantee, all in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture governing such release and termination;

     (5) to add any Subsidiary Guarantees or to secure the Notes or any Subsidiary
Guarantees;

     (6) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any
such Holder;

     (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

     (8) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the
“Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular, to the extent that such provision
in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of
this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes;

     (9) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations
set forth in this Indenture; or

76

 

     (10) to provide for a successor Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture.

     Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the
Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company
and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or
permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into
such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this
Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

     Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the
Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional
Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to
Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any
provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
(including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including,
without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or
purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be
“outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

     Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with
the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as
aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the
Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or
supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may
in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

     It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such
consent approves the substance thereof.

     After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the
amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect
therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or
supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may
waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or
the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an
amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by
a non-consenting Holder):

     (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver;

77

 

     (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the
provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes; provided, however, that any purchase
or repurchase of Notes, including pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, shall not be
deemed a redemption of the Notes;

     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

     (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium or
Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration
of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

     (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

     (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past
Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest
or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes;

     (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note provided, however, that any
purchase or repurchase of Notes, including pursuant to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof,
shall not be deemed a redemption of the Notes;

     (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or
this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

     (9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

     Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or
supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

     Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a
Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or
portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of
the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation
before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or
waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

     The Company may fix a record date for determining which Holders must consent to such
amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Company fixes a record date, the record date shall be
fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of
the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to
Section 2.05, or (ii) such other date as the Company shall designate.

78

 

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

     The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any
Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee
shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.

     Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and
effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

     The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this
Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities
or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until
the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental
indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be
fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or
supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10.

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

Section 10.01. Guarantee.

     (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally,
unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and
to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of
this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

     (1) the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the
Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration,
redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes,
if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee
hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with
the terms hereof and thereof; and

     (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such
other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise.

     Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for
whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same
immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of
collection.

     (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional,
irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the
absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with
respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or
equitable discharge or

79

 

defense of a guarantor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby
waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the
Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Subsidiary Guarantee
will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and
this Indenture.

     (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the
Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in
relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such
Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full
force and effect.

     (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation
to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all
obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the
other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in
Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as
provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (regardless of whether due and payable) will
forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee.
The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as
the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary
Guarantee.

Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

     Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the
intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a
fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance
Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, and to the extent
permitted by applicable law, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree
that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after
giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such
Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from,
rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations
of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance.

Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee Notation.

     To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby
agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D
hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by
the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its
Officers.

     Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof
will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation
of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

80

 

     If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer
holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is
endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

     The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will
constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the
Guarantors.

     In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, if required by Section 4.16 hereof, the
Company will cause such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section
4.16 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

     Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into
(regardless of whether such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the
Company or another Guarantor, unless:

     (1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default
exists;

     (2) either:

          (a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, if it is not such Guarantor, the Person acquiring
the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture,
its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein
or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee, in which case the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor will
be released as contemplated by Section 10.05 hereof; or

          (b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10
hereof.

     In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the
successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory
in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and
punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by
the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the
same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may
cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes
issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the
Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and
benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been
issued at the date of the execution hereof.

     Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and (b)
above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or
merger of a

81

 

Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or
conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the
Company or another Guarantor.

Section 10.05. Releases.

     (a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all
of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after
giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then
such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or
otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property
(in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such
Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee;
provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon
delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will
execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from
its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

     (b) Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee.

     (c) Upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture in accordance with Article 11 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved
of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

     Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee as provided in
this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium
and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under
this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

ARTICLE 11.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

     This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes
issued hereunder, when:

     (1) either:

          (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that
have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and
thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

          (b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become
due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will
become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably
deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the
benefit of

82

 

the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination
of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be
sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the
entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for
principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of
maturity or redemption;

     (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the
deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to
be applied to such deposit);

     (3) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company
or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

     (4) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it
under this Indenture; and

     (5) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this
Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the
redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate, stating that all
conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) through (5) of this Section 11.01 have been satisfied
and (b) an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and
qualifications), stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (3) and (5) of this
Section 11.01 have been satisfied; provided that the Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (3)
above may be to the knowledge of such counsel.

     Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited
with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of
Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be
deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the
provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the
Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any) and
interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof;
provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages,
if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company
shall be subrogated to

83

 

the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government
Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

     If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by
TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control.

Section 12.02 Notices.

     Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly
given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return
receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery,
to the others’ address:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

WCA Waste Corporation

One Riverway, Suite 1400

Houston, Texas 77056

Facsimile No.: (713) 292-2455

Attention: Charles Casalinova

With a copy to:

Andrews Kurth LLP

600 Travis, Suite 4200

Houston, Texas 77002

Facsimile No.: (713) 238-7368

Attention: Jeff Dodd

If to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

600 North Pearl Street, Suite 420

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No.: (214) 880-8241

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

     The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional
or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

     All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been
duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being
deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by
facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

     Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or
registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to
its

84

 

address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be
so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to
mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with
respect to other Holders.

     If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time
prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

     If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee
and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

     Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their
rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else
shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

     Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this
Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

     (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that,
in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for
in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; provided that no such
Officers’ Certificate shall be delivered on the Issue Date in connection with the original
issuance of the initial Global Notes; and

     (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
(which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied;
provided that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be delivered on the Issue Date in connection
with the original issuance of the initial Global Notes.

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

     Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided
for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply
with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include:

     (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;

     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed
opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

85

 

     (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been satisfied.

Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

     The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar
or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

     No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member,
manager or partner of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any
obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary
Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Section 12.08 Governing Law.

     THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES
AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.

Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

     This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the
Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may
not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 12.10 Successors.

     All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each
Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05
hereof.

Section 12.11 Severability.

     In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals.

     The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of
this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

86

 

[Signatures on following page]

87

 

SIGNATURES

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	WCA Waste Corporation	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ Joseph J. Scarano, Jr.	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	Joseph J. Scarano, Jr.	 	 
	 

	 	Title:
	 	Vice President	 	 

88

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Eagle Ridge Landfill, LLC	 	 
	 	 	Material Recovery, LLC	 	 
	 	 	Material Reclamation, LLC	 	 
	 	 	Texas Environmental Waste Services, LLC	 	 
	 	 	Transit Waste, LLC	 	 
	 	 	Translift, Inc.	 	 
	 	 	Waste Corporation of Arkansas, Inc.	 	 
	 	 	Waste Corporation of Kansas, Inc.	 	 
	 	 	Waste Corporation of Missouri, Inc.	 	 
	 	 	Waste Corporation of Tennessee, Inc.	 	 
	 	 	Waste Corporation of Texas, L.P.,

  by WCA Texas Management General, Inc., its 

  general partner	 	 
	 	 	WCA Capital, Inc.	 	 
	 	 	WCA Holdings Corporation	 	 
	 	 	WCA Management Company, LP,

  by WCA Management General, Inc., its general

  partner	 	 
	 	 	WCA Management General, Inc.	 	 
	 	 	WCA of Alabama, L.L.C.	 	 
	 	 	WCA of Central Florida, Inc.	 	 
	 	 	WCA of Florida, Inc.	 	 
	 	 	WCA of High Point, LLC	 	 
	 	 	WCA of North Carolina, LLC	 	 
	 	 	WCA Shiloh Landfill, L.L.C.	 	 
	 	 	WCA Texas Management General, Inc.	 	 
	 	 	WCA Waste Systems, Inc.	 	 
	 	 	WCA Wake Transfer Station, LLC	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ Joseph J. Scarano, Jr.	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	Joseph J. Scarano, Jr.	 	 
	 

	 	Title:
	 	Vice President	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	of each of the foregoing entities	 	 

89

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	WCA Management Limited, Inc.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ John Sesera	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	John Sesera	 	 
	 

	 	Title:
	 	President	 	 

90

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ John C. Stohlmann
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	John C. Stohlmann 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 

 

 

[Face of Note]

 

CUSIP/CINS                     

9.25% Senior Note due 2014

			
	No. ___
	 	$                    

WCA WASTE CORPORATION

promises to pay to                                                              or registered assigns,

the principal sum of                                                                     
                                                     DOLLARS on June 15,
2014.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

Dated:                                         , 200_

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WCA Waste Corporation

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.,
  as
Trustee

	 	 	 	 	 
	By:

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Authorized Signatory	 	 

 

A-1

 

[Back of Note]

9.25% Senior Note due 2014

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

     Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to
below unless otherwise indicated.

     (1) Interest. WCA Waste Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9.25% per annum
until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to Section 5
of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each
year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each,
an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance;
provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note
is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest
Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15,
2006. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and
premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the same rate as in effect on the Notes; it
will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, (without regard to
any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent
lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

     (2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes
(except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next
preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date
and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the
Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal,
premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the
option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by
check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders;
provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with
respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global
Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions
to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the
United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and
private debt.

     (3) Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York
Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any
Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall at all times maintain a Paying Agent in
the Borough of

A-2

 

Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any
such capacity.

     (4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated
as of July 5, 2006 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are
referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any
provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the
provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured
obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of
Notes that may be issued thereunder.

     (5) Optional Redemption.

     (a) At any time prior to June 15, 2010, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s
registered address, at a redemption price equal to the Make-Whole Price plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of
Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date.

          The notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the
Make-Whole Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee
of the Make-Whole Price with respect to any redemption promptly after the calculation, and the
Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation.

          “Make-Whole Price” with respect to any Notes to be redeemed, means an amount equal to the
greater of:

     (i) 100% of the principal amount of such Notes; and

     (ii) the sum of the present values of (A) the redemption price of such
Notes at June 15, 2010 (as set forth below) and (B) the remaining scheduled
payments of interest from the redemption date to June 15, 2010 (not
including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the
redemption date) discounted back to the redemption date on a semi-annual
basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the
Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 50 basis points.

          Unless the Company defaults in payment of the Make-Whole Price, on and after the applicable
redemption date, interest and Liquidated Damage, if any, will cease to accrue on the Notes to be
redeemed.

          “Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to Notes to be redeemed, the U.S. Treasury
security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity most nearly equal to the
period from the redemption date to June 15, 2014, at the time of selection and in accordance with
customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities; provided if such
period is less than one year, then the U.S. Treasury security having a maturity of one year shall
be used.

          “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of
four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and

A-3

 

lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than
four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations.

          “Independent Investment Banker” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and its successors,
or, if such firm or the successors, if any, to such firm, as the case may be, are unwilling or
unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of
national standing appointed by the Company.

          “Reference Treasury Dealer” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, and three additional
primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”)
selected by the Company, and its successors (provided, however, that if any such firm or any such
successor, as the case may be, shall cease to be a primary U.S. government securities dealer in New
York City, the Company shall substitute therefore another Primary Treasury Dealer).

          “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer
and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for
the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount)
quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

          “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the yield, under the heading
which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently
published statistical release designated “H.15(159)” or any successor publication that is published
weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and that establishes yields on
actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury
Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no
maturity is within three months before or after the stated maturity, yields for the two published
maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined, and the
Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight-line basis,
rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published
during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum
equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated
using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount)
equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be
calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

     (b) On and after June 15, 2010, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, from time
to time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Percentage
	2010
	 	 	104.625	%
	2011
	 	 	102.313	%
	2012 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

     (c) Prior to June 15, 2009, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of
the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding under the Indenture (which may include
Additional Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price
equal

A-4

 

to 109.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to
be redeemed to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided that

     (i) at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding
on the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Company and its
Subsidiaries), remains outstanding after each such redemption; and

     (ii) the redemption occurs within 180 days after the closing of such
Equity Offering.

     (d) Notice of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of
the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may at the Company’s discretion, be
subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to completion of the
related Equity Offering.

     (6) Mandatory Redemption.

     The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to the Notes.

     (7) Repurchase at the Option of Holder.

          (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price
in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of
purchase subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest
due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days
following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth
the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

          (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset
Sale, within ten Business Days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds
exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all
holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes
containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to
purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to
Section 4.10 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including
any Additional Notes) and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of
the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to
the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the
extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such
Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by
the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness
tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall
select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale
Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase

A-5

 

date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option
of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

     (8) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose
Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be
mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection
with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in
denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of
$1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the
redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption.

     (9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in
the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder
to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need
not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for
redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the
Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and
the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

     (10) Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be
treated as its owner for all purposes.

     (11) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain
exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any), voting as a
single class, and subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default
or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the
Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if
any), voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture
or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any
ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in
place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s
obligations to Holders of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in case of a merger or
consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s
assets, as applicable, to effect the release of a Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee
and the termination of such Subsidiary Guarantee, all in accordance with the provisions of
the Indenture governing such release and termination, to add any Subsidiary Guarantees or to
secure the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees, to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect
the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of
the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to
conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of
Notes” section of the Offering Circular, to the extent that such provision in that
“Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the
Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes, to provide for the issuance of

A-6

 

Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to
provide for a successor Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

     (12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default
in any payment of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes
when due, continued for 30 days; (ii) default in the payment when due at maturity, upon
redemption or otherwise of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes; (iii)
failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with its obligations
under Section 4.10, 4.11 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 30 days with Sections 4.07 or 4.09 of the Indenture; (v)
failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the
Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements
in the Indenture or the Notes; provided, however, that with respect to a failure by the
Company to comply with Section 4.03 of the Indenture, such period shall be 90 days, rather
than 60 days; (vi) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the
Company which default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express
maturity; (vii) certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged
for a period of 60 days; (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; or (ix) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held
in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in
full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf denies or
disaffirms its obligations under such Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee. If any Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and
payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default
arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in clause (viii) above,
all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or
notice (subject to applicable law). Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes
except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice
of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating
to the payment of principal, interest, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any) if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on
behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing
Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if
any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee
annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required,
upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

     (13) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual
or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the
Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if
it were not the Trustee.

     (14) No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee,
incorporator, stockholder, member, manager or partner of the Company or any of the
Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the
Guarantors under the Notes, the

A-7

 

Subsidiary Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the
issuance of the Notes.

     (15) Authentication. This Note will not be valid until authenticated
by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

     (16) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by
the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in
common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

     (17) Additional Rights and obligations of Holders of Restricted Global
Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights and obligations
provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Definitive Notes will have all of the rights and obligations set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 5, 2006, among the Company, the Guarantors
and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional
Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the
rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company,
the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights and obligations given by
the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the
“Registration Rights Agreement”). By such Holders acceptance of Restricted Global Notes or
Restricted Definitive Notes, such Holder acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligations of the Holders
with respect to the indemnification of the Company to the extent provided therein.

     (18) CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP
numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of
such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

     (13) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND
BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.

     The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

WCA Waste Corporation

One Riverway, Suite 1400

Houston, Texas 77056

Attention: Charles A. Casalinova

A-8

 

Assignment Form

     To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

	 	 	 
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 

	 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	 
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	 
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

	 
	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 
	 
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

	 	 	 
	and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                     
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for
him.
	 
	 	 
	Date:                                         
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Your Signature:                                                                                 
	 

	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	 
	 	 
	Signature Guarantee*:                                                                                 

			
	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor
acceptable to the Trustee).

A-9

 

Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

     If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

Ñ Section 4.10                      Ñ Section 4.14

     If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                     

	 	 	 
	Date:                                         
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Your Signature:                                                                                 
	 

	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Tax Identification No.:                                                                     
	 
	 	 
	Signature Guarantee*:                                                                                 

			
	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor
acceptable to the Trustee).

A-10

 

Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note *

     The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global
Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for
an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Principal Amount of	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Amount of decrease in	 	 	Amount of increase in	 	 	this Global Note	 	 	Signature of authorized	 
	 	 	Principal Amount of	 	 	Principal Amount of	 	 	following such	 	 	officer of Trustee or	 
	Date of Exchange	 	this Global Note	 	 	this Global Note	 	 	decrease (or increase)	 	 	Custodian	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

			
	*	 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-11

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

WCA Waste Corporation

One Riverway, Suite 1400

Houston, Texas 77056

[Registrar address block]

     Re: 9.25% Senior Notes due 2014

     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2006 (the “Indenture”), among
WCA Waste Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New
York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                             , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest
in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                     in such
Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                                          (the “Transferee”), as
further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby
certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

     1. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A
Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the
beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor
reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account,
or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion,
and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of
Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted
Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

     2. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is
not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated,
the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf
reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the
transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities
market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction
was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made
in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the
Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the
expiration of

B-1

 

the Restricted Period, (x) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account
or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser) and (y) the interest transferred will
be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of the proposed
transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.

     3. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or
Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws
of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that
(check one):

     (a) such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act;

or

     (b) such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

     (c) such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

     4. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

     (a) o Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the
transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

     (b) o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in
compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained
in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance
with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject
to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the
Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

     (c) o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act

B-2

 

other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United
States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation
of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and
in the Indenture.

     This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	     [Insert Name of Transferor]	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Dated:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

B-3

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	1.	 	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

	 	(a)	 	o a beneficial interest in the:

	 	(i)	 	o 144A Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or

	 	(b)	 	o a Restricted Definitive Note.

	2.	 	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

	 	(a)	 	o a beneficial interest in the:

	 	(i)	 	o 144A Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	o Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP                     ); or

	 	(b)	 	o a Restricted Definitive Note; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	o an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

	 	 	in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

 

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

WCA Waste Corporation

One Riverway, Suite 1400

Houston, Texas 77056

[Registrar address block]

     Re: 9.25% Senior Notes due 2014

(CUSIP                     )

     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2006 (the “Indenture”), among
WCA Waste Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New
York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                             , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or
interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s]
or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

     1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global
Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

     (a) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in
compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States.

     (b) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

     (c) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted
Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions
on transfer contained in the Indenture and the

C-1

 

Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States.

     (d) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture
and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

     2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global
Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

     (a) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

     (b) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global
Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been
effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue
sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to
the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant
Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

     This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	By:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Name:
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Title:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

C-2

 

EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE NOTATION]

     For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the
Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the
Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of July 5, 2006 (the “Indenture”)
among WCA Waste Corporation, (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York
Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal
of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue
principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of
all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any
of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration
or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee
pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the
Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary
Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such
provisions.

     Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	[Name of Guarantor(s)]
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name:
	 

	 	 	 	Title:

D-1

 

EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                     ,
20___, among                                          (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of WCA Waste
Corporation (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the
other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and The Bank of New York Trust
Company, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

WITNESSETH

     WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the
“Indenture”), dated as of July 5, 2006 providing for the issuance of 9.25% Senior Notes due 2014
(the “Notes”);

     WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the
Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”);
and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the
Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes
as follows:

     1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

     2. Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an
unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Subsidiary
Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

     4. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer,
employee, incorporator, stockholder, member, manager, partner or agent of the Guaranteeing
Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any
Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this
Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations
or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such
waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the
view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

     5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

     6. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.

     7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.

E-1

 

     8. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or
in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of
the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
and the Company.

E-2

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Dated:                                         , 20___	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	[Guaranteeing Subsidiary]	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	WCA Waste Corporation	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	[Existing Guarantors]	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.,

  as Trustee	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Authorized Signatory	 	 

E-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00106-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00106-of-00352.parquet"}]]